ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺑﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ 1.ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ :ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﻻﺑﺩ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﺭﺩﻳﻥ ﺑﺣﻣﻠﻬﺎ. l ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﻣﺳﺎﺣ ًﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳ ًﺔ ﻟﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺢ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﻁﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﻏﻳﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺭﻙ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ.
5.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺻﻕ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺳﺣﺑﻪ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ .ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻳﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ٬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺛﻡ ﺃﻟﻕ ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻻﺝ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ) ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺣﺑﻪ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ. (ƹƵǚƻƱljƷƵǚөǔ .
ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ a. b. (ǚﬞƃljǃƃǃǛƃƽﬞƧǃǛljƵǛƓljǔǃǛƱljүƶǃǛƃƹƽƵǚǃƭﬞǛƹƽǚәƵǚǃәljǃƃƵǚǃǛljƽǛƹƵǐLjƧƳǛҳƵǚǃ‖ǛƹƱ) ǛưljƶƃƶƃҗǛưƹǛƗƽƭәƶLjƧLjƨҗǛǂƵǚƳǛƋҗǠǚƷǛƗƽƻǛƱǚөǔﻳﺟﺏ ﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻭﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﺭﺗﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩ. ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺷﺭﺍء ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻧﺯﻉ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ. ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ: ﺍﺿﻐﻁ: ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ. ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ. ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ.
ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ. ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ Dellﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ 1. ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ. ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ :ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻑ ٬ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺿﻭء ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺑﺿﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ. 2. ﺃﺧﺭﺝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺭّﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ.
ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ¤ﬞҳƵǚ Ʃǃҳƃƹ ƻƹ ơLjƇƵ ƭƃǡƹ ƍﬞƞҗ ҒƵǛҳ LjƧ :ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻐﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺑﺱ ﺑﻣﺎء ﺑﺎﺭﺩ .ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﻘﻊ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺑﺱ. ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ :ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻟﻣﺱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ. 3.ﻭﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺣﻣﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺽ ٬ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺛﺑﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ. 4. ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ.
3.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﺗﺻﻕ ﺑﺑﻌﺿﻪ ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺫﺭﻳﺗﻪ .ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻁﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻧﻳﻬﺎ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺳﺗ ٍﻭ . 4.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ. 5.ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﻥ ﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ. 6.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻘﺗﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ.
ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻣﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭﻩ. 8.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 9.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺣﺟﻣﻪ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ" ﻭ"ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ". ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ 1.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ) (Lineﻭﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﻭﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ. ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﻭ/ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ )) (EXT ( ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ).
ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ǛǂүƻƹưǠәҒƱƇƵǛҒƞǛƓƵǚƳljƋǃҗҒƵǛҳLjƧ .USBײַ ¤ﬞҗǃljƹƱƵǚﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ". ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﻳﻊ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ USBﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺩﺓ .ﺭﺟﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ Dellﻟﺷﺭﺍء ﻛﺑﻝ .USB ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ USBﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻛﺑﻝ USBﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ .ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﺍء ﻛﺑﻝ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ USB 2.0ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﻁﻭﻟﻪ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ 3ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ.
ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ . ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ٬ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺻﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ:ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ . ﺍﺣﺫﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ:ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ . ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔƭƵө ƭƐﬞƞlj қljҳ . ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ:ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ : ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ٬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺑﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ 1. .
Set Passcode Sound/Volume .10 Machine setup .11 Speaker Machine ID Maintenance . 12 CCD Power Save Ringer Date&Time Toner Save Button Clock Mode Select Country Alarm Sound Language Global Access Power save Import Setting Timeout Export Setting 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ. 3.
1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Machine Setupﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Toner Saveﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Onﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 5. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ) (. (. (. (. ( ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ. ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻭﺿﻊ ) Power Saveﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ( ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻳًﺎ .
ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ 15ﻭ 30ﻭ 60ﻭ) 180ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ( .ﻳﺗﺭﺗﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ Offﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ̳ ) ꜜ ( ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ. 5. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 6. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ) ( ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ. ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺻﺭﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ. ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.
ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺗﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ .ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ" ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭ"ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ" ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ.
l ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺑﺎﺑﻳﺱ ﻭﻣﺷﺎﺑﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ. l ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ. l ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺑﺄﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ. l ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺗﺎﺩﺓ. ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ .
2.ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ Ƴƨƃǝ ҒƝǛƓƵǚ ǀүǃﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ". 3.ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ¤Ғƶүƹ ǃǐ ǜǛҗƱ ƻƹ ҒҳƨƋ ҺƃƽƷǃƬҗ ғƽƱ ǚөǔ :ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﺔ ﻳﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺯ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻔﺻﻠﺗﻳﻪ ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎءǚөǔ .ײַ ¤Ʒƹ 30 ƻƝҒƶүƹƵǚǃǐǜǛҗƱƵǚƭƹƃәǚﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣًﺎ.
ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻗﻭﺍﺋﻡ ) Copyﻧﺳﺦ( ﺑﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ̳ ) ꜜ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔﬞ ƓƤƐ ҒƵǛҳ LjƧ :ײַ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ( ( ﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ. ) ٬ҺƃƽƵǚғǚﬞǛljһƻljljƞҗơǛƽҝǐ¤ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ .ﺃﻭ ٬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ.
l :Textﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ٬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻕ. l :Text & Photoﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﻛ ً ﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ/ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ. l :Photoﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ).
)ﺍﻟﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ(. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ Zoomﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺑﻣﻳﺯﺓ ) Auto Fitﺍﻟﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ(. ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻧﺳﺦ ﺑﻣﻳﺯﺓ ) Auto Fitﺍﻟﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ(: 1.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﺳﺧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ. 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Copyﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Layoutﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Auto Fitﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 5.
ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. 1. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ).( ADF 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Copyﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Duplexﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻩ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. (. l :Offﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.
ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﻧﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ .
ﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ 1 1 @ .
ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ.ǑƓһƷƫﬞƳǛһәǔҒƵǛҳLjƧ ٬ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺗﻳﻥ 12ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ 24ﺳﺎﻋﺔ. 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Machine Setupﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Clock Modeﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. (. ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﻳًﺎ. 4.
2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Advanced Faxﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Toll Saveﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ٬Onﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. (. 5.ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ٬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ٬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ. ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ AMﺃﻭ PMﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺻﻳﻐﺔ 12ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ٬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ 6.
Redial Delay ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﺑﻌﻳﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ . ưǠǃƤƇƹƻǛƱǚөǔ ٬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻥ 1ﺇﻟﻰ 15ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ. Redial Attmpts ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ٬ﻣﻥ 1ﺇﻟﻰ .13 MSG Confirm ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺑﻧﺟﺎﺡ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﻳﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ .ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ Onﻭ Offﻭ ٬On-Errorﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﺟﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻁ.
ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ 1.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﺃﻭ ًﻻ . ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ". 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) 3. ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Faxﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﻭ (. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺩﻗﺗﻪ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ.
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻁﻠﺑﻪ ﻣﺷﻐﻭ ً ﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ٬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﻛﻝ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﻟﺳﺑﻊ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ. ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ٬Waiting Redialﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ .ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ٬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ) (. ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ".
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ /ꜜꞈ) Ans/Fax Modeﻓﺎﻛﺱ( ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ) ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. ¤ƁƱǛƧҒƹƤƽƵҒƞǛƓƵǚƥǛƇҗƱǚƷәƝҒƵǛҳLjƧﻳﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ¤ƁƱǛƧҒƹƤƽҒƞǛƓƵǚғƨƇҗƱǚǚөǔǛƹǐ .ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ /ꜜꞈ) Ans/Faxﻓﺎﻛﺱ( ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻣﻐﻠﻘًﺎ ٬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺩ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ) Faxﻓﺎﻛﺱ( ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ". ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ) DRPDﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯ( ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ٬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ٬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺧﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺁﺧﺭ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ) DRPDﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯ( ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ .ﺛﻡ ﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ) ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬PhoneBookﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Editﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ .Edit Person (. (. 5. ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) 6. ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 7. ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﻭ ( ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. (.
ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. 6.ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) 7. ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ?) Add Anotherﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺁﺧﺭ؟( ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) 8. ﺃﻭ ( ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ٬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ٬Noﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﻭ (. (. ( ٬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ.
ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ .ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻁﻠﺏ ﻛﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ. ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺗﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ .ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﺳﺢ ﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ Aﺇﻟﻰ ٬Zﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ. ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ 1.
ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻓﺣﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ. 1. ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ) ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Faxﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Directoryﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ (. (.
ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ. 6. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ .ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﺁﺧﺭ. 7. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺁﺧﺭ. ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) 8. ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ٬Noﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. ƹƳǛһәǔLjƧҒƣﬞƵǚҒƵǛҳLjƧײַ ¤ғǛƃƱǛƨƵǚƷǛƫﬞǐƻƹәljﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ 5ﻭ .6ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ 10ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﺷﺭ.
ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﻋﺎﺟﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ) Priority Faxﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﻋﺎﺟﻝ( ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﻝ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺟﻭﺯﺓ .ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ .ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ٬ﻳﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ( ٬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ. 1.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﺃﻭ ًﻻ .
ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﻣﺟﺩﻭﻟﺔ 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Faxﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Fax Featuresﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Cancel Jobﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. (. ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺣﺟﺯﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ. ﺃﻭ 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ( ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺅﻫﺎ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 5.ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ٬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (.
ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ: ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﻲ. ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ) ( ﺑﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ". ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺅﺧﺭًﺍ. ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠﻡ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺅﺧﺭًﺍ.
ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Reportsﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ٬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺳﻁﺭ. 4.
Prefix Dial ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﺋﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ .ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ .ﻭﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﺎﺋﺩﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺳﻧﺗﺭﺍﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ . PABX Stmp Rcvd Name ﻳﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﻭﻭﻗﺗﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠﻡ. ⃰ Off ꜜꜜﻟﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ. ⃰ On ꜜꜜﻟﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ.
l ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻭﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ. l ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻣﻪ. l ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻭﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ٬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻭﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ. l ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ Dell ScanDirectﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺑﻣﻭﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ. ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .
4. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ. 5. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 6.ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠﻣﻳﻥ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 7. ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ. ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﻭﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ.
ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻣﺎ ﺗﺑﺣﺙ؟ • ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ • ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺗﺟﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ/ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ/ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ .ƷәһҗƃƹƵǚƳljƵә ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ".
Linux ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﻥ Dellﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .Linux ﻲ◌ًﺍ .
l Linux Kernel 2.4ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ l Glibc 2.2ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ l CUPS l SANE ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ 1. ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ .ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 2. ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ٬Administrator Loginﺍﻛﺗﺏ rootﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻝ ٬Loginﺛﻡ ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﻛﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯ ) (rootﻟﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔljƹҗƹǛưƹәһҗƃƹƻƱҗƷƵǚөǔ .ײַ ٬ǚưﺍﻟﺭﺟﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺳﺋﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ. 1.
ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ٬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. ⃰ ٬Network printer ꜜꜜﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺗﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ .ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .Next 6. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ٬USBﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .Next ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ٬ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ. 7.ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .Next 8. ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .
9. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ Finishﻹﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ. 01.ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .Finish ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺏ ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ) MFP Configuratorﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ( ﻭﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﻥ Dellﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ٬ғǛǃƞƋ Ғljǐ ƭҗǂүǚǃ ǚөǔ .
5. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .Finish ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ .ﻭﻧﻅﺭًﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻳﺟﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ٬ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻌﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﻲ ﻷﺩﺍء ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ .ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ) (I/Oﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ.
ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ: l :Refreshﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ. l :Add Printerﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ. l :Remove Printerﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ. l :Set as Defaultﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻛﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ. l :Stop/Startﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. l :Testﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ǛǂүƵǚƻǛƱǚөǔǛƹƹײַ.әljүƳƱƇƳƹƞlj l :Propertiesﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ .
l :...Propertiesﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ٬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛّﻧﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﺳﺢ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ". l :...Driversﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻧﺷﺎﻁ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ. ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ٬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ٬ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻔﻳﺩ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻷﻱ ﺳﺑﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﺎﺏ.
1. ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ) MFP Configuratorﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ(. Ƶ ǚөǔײַ ٬ﬞƹǝǚ Ʒﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ. 2.ﺣﺩﺩ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺗﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .Properties 3. ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺗﺢ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ .Printer Properties ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ: 4. l :Generalﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻣﻬﺎ .ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ. l :Generalﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﻧﻭﻋﻪ ﻭﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ٬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ. l :Textﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﻭﺍﻣﺵ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ٬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻋﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ. l :Graphicsﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ/ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ٬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ.
ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﻼ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ǛǂүƳǛƋҗǠǚәljƫﬞҝƱǐǃǐƻǛljǘǃƐƻǛҳƃǛƹƭljәƵғƽǛƱǚөǔǛƹǐײַ ٬ﬞҗǃljƹƱƵǚﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ .ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺛ ً ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻓﻲ Scanners configurationﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ. 4.
٬ǛưljǘǃƐ Ǜǂҳƃƹ Ʒҗ LjҗƵǚǃﬞ ƋƵǚljﬞ ҳﬞ җ ғәﬞǐ ǚөǔﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ .ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ) Image Editorﻣﺣﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ(". 01. ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ Saveﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ. 11.ﺣﺩﺩ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ. 21. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .Save ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ. ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ: 1.
ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ: ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ. ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ. ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺋﻪ. ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ. ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ. ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ. ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻗﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ. ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ؛ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ ٬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﻧﺎﺳﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ. ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ٬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ.
ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ Macintosh ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ Macintosh ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ Macintoshﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ٬USBﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ .Base-TX 100/10ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Macintoshﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ PostScriptﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﻠﻑ .
ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ Macintoshﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ USB 1. ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ "ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ "Macintoshﻛﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ PPDﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ. 2. ﺍﻓﺗﺢ Print Setup Utilityﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ .Utilities 3. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ Addﻣﻥ ) Printer Listﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ (. 4. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ .USB Dell ꜜꜜ⃰ 5.ﻓﻲ Printer Modelﻭﺣﺩﺩ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺗﻙ ﻓﻲ .Model Name 6. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ .
ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ .ﻭﺗﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻭﺩﺍﺕ. 1.ﻣﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ Print ꜜꜜ⃰ Macintoshﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ .File .Layout ꜜꜜ⃰ 2. 3.ﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ .Pages per Sheet 4.ﺣﺩﺩ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ .Layout Direction ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺩ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ٬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ .Border 5.
3.ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ .Two Sided Printing 4. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ Printﻛﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ. ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ Printer Featuresﻋﺩﺓ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺿﺑﻁ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ. ⃰ Printer Features ꜜꜜﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ Presetsﻟﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ) Image Modeﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ( ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ Image Modeﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻋﺔ .ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ Normalﻭ.
ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ¤ﬞһǎ ҮƹǛƽﬞƷǚәһҗƃǛǛưljǘǃƐ ғǚәƽҗƃƹƵǚ Ҳƃƹ әljﬞҗ ғƽƱ ǚөǔﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ٬TWAINﻣﺛﻝ Adobe PhotoDeluxeﺃﻭ .Adobe Photoshopﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻣﺻﺩﺭ TWAINﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ. ﺗﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ: 1.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ )ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ( ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﺃﻭ ًﻻ .
ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﻳﻠﺔ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﺳﺗﻠﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﱠﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Maintenanceﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Clear Settingsﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 4.
5. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ) ( ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ. ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ 1. ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ USBﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ USBﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Machine Setupﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Import Settingﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ .USB 5.
ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ :ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺃﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺗﺗﻌﻠﻕ ﺑﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ. 4. ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ )ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ( ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ ﻟﺗﺭﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺿﺎء. 5. ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ. 6. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻻ ﺗُﺧﺭﺝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺑﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ.
4.ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺽ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 5. ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺳﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻭﻳﻔﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ. 6. ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ .ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ. ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ٬ﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻧﺳﺦ .
7. ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ .ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ. ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ¤ғǛƝǃƓƹƵǚ džƶƝ ƜƬ ǃǐ ƓǃƓһ ǃﬞ ǂƗ әƽƝﻗﺩ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺃﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺿﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ) (OPCﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ. 1. ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ٬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ. 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Maintenanceﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ.Clean Drum ٬ 4.
2.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺔ. 3.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ٬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ. 4. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ).(ADF 5.ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﻟﻸﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ .
ﺃﻭ 2. ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ DELL ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ DELL Laser MFP 1815 Dell ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .Dell 1815dn ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ "ﻁﻠﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺎﺕ ﺣﺑﺭ". ﺗﻔﺿّﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ premier.dell.comﺃﻭ www.premier.dell.comﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﺳﺗﻠﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ premier.dell.com :ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺷﺭﺍء ﻭﺩﻋﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ Dellﻟﻌﻣﻼﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺯﻳﻥ. ¤ƥҗǛǂƵǚƳǡһƻƹǜƶƓƵǚƷljәƬҗҒƵǛҳLjƧﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺗﺣﺕ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ.
ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ٬ﻳﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﻡ "ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﻑ " ٬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ .
6.ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭًﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟًﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 7. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺷﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ. 8. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﺃﺷﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ. ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﻑ 1. ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .Windows 2. ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows NT 4.0/2000ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ ̳┘ꜜ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ. ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows XP/Server 2003ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺷﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ. l :SetIPﻫﻭ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺭﻭﺗﻭﻛﻭﻝ TCP/IPﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ. -2ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .
l ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ :ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ TCP/IPﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ. l ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﻳﺔ ) BOOTP/DHCPﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻰ( :ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ TCP/IPﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﻘﻡ DHCPﺃﻭ BOOTPﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ. ҒҗǛҝƵǚҒƽǃƽƞƵǚ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ TCP/IPﻣﻥ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Network CFGﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. 3.
ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺗﺧﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ 2 ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺗﺧﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ: ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ٬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ. ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻛﻧﺔ: ﺗﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻛﻧﺔ .
4. ﺃﺧﺭﺝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ DIMMﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺑﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻛﻧﺔ. 5. ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ DIMMﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﻑ ٬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ DIMMﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻭﻳﻔﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ .DIMM 6. ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ DIMMﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ DIMMﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ .ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻻﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ .DIMM 7. ﺃﻋﺩ ﻏﻁﺎء ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ. 8. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ 2 ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ .2ﺗﺻﻝ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ 250ﻭﺭﻗﺔ. 1. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻓﺻﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 2.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠﻳﻑ ﻭﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ 2ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ .2 3.ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ. 4.ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺃﺭﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ .2 5.
ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: 1. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ ̳ ┘ꜜﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .Windows 2.ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺷﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ. ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows XP/Server 2003ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ. ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows Vistaﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ 3. ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .Dell Laser MFP 1815 4.
6. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ.
ﺗﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺻﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ .ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ .ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺗﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ .
ﻡ2 ﻼ ( ٬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺣﺑﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﺳﻳﺞ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻝ ﻣﻥ 90ﺟﻡ/ﻡ ) 2ﺳﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻭﺯﻥ 24ﺭﻁ ً ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺯﻥ 60ﺇﻟﻰ 90ﺟﻡ/ﻡ ) 2ﺳﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻭﺯﻥ 16ﺇﻟﻰ 24ﺭﻁ ً ﻼ ( ٬ﻳُﻔﺿﻝ ﺣﺑﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﺳﻳﺞ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ .ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺯﻥ 60ﺇﻟﻰ 90ﺟﻡ/ )ﺳﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻭﺯﻥ 16ﺇﻟﻰ 24ﺭﻁ ً ﻼ ( ٬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺣﺑﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﺳﻳﺞ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ. ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﻳﺞ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ %100ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻛﻳﻣﻳﺎﺋﻳًﺎ .
l ﺗﺫﻛﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺣﺟﻡ. l ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ") "Busyﻣﺷﻐﻭﻟﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ. l ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ. l ﻗﻡ ﺑﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻠﺧﻠﻑ .ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺟﻌﻳﺩﻩ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺳﺗﻭ.
ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻘﻭﺏ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﻘﻭﺏ ﻭﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ. ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻘﻭﺏ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ: l ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺻﻧّﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻘﻭﺏ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ. l ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺛﻘﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﱢﻌﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ .ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻘﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﻣﺣﺯﺯﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺛﻧﺎء -ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺧﺷﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺗﺟﻌﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺋﺭﺓ l ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ 180ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ) 356ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺭﻧﻬﻳﺕ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﻑ ﺯﺍﺋﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺟﻌﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺑﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺧﻁﺭﺓ¤ǛǂƹǚәһҗƃǚLJǃƽҗLjҗƵǚғǛƨƶƤƹƵǚƻǑƇƭǃƱƇҒljǐƭljәƵƻǛƱǚөǔ . ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭ ﱢﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﺗﻪ. l ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ.
l ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﻋﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺑﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺧﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﺭﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ. l ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻉ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ ﺑﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻛﻳﻣﻳﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﻓﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺷﻛّﻝ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺗﻁﺎﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. l ﻧﻭﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺑﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﺳﻳﺞ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ. ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ .
ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻧﻌﻡ ﻧﻌﻡ ﻧﻌﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ - ﻧﻌﻡ ﻧﻌﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺎﻑ - ﻧﻌﻡ - ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺻﻘﺎﺕ - ﻧﻌﻡ ﻧﻌﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺻﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ - ﻧﻌﻡ ﻧﻌﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ - ﻧﻌﻡ ﻧﻌﻡ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﺯﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺝ 1ﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺝ 2ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ 90-60ﺟﻡ/ﻡ 2ﺑﺣﺑﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﺳﻳﺞ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ Ind
ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ٬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ .ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ٬ﺍﻓﺗﺣﻪ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ƳƱƇƩﬞǃƵǚ ƥǛƨҗƵǚ Ƴҝƹ ¤ңǚﬞһǟǚ ҒljƽljƋ ƻƹәﬞ ǛƋƵǚ ƛǃƓƹƵǚ ƩﬞǃƵǚ LjƧ ҒƶƱƇƹ ƭǛƽ‖ ғƽǛƱ ǚөǔ :ײַ ¤әǘǚﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣًﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﻻ ﺗﻔﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻠﻘﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ. ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ )(Ƴƨƃǝ ҒƝǛƓƵǚ ǀүǃ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻣﺗﺟﻬًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ .
1.ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻟﻔﺗﺣﻬﺎ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ. ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ .ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ. ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ". ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ¤ƩﬞǃƵǛҒƞǛƓƵǚ ҒljөƤҗҒƋǛһ ғǡƱƇƹ Ғljǐ ƭҗǂүǚǃ ǚөǔ :ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ .
3.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺟﻬًﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ. ﺣﺳﺏ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ٬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: 4. l ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ :ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺟﻬًﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ. l ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺎﻑ :ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺗﺟﻬًﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ً ﻻ.
ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣًﺎ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .ﻳﻧﻁﺑﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ .ﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ٬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ. 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ .Paper Setup 3. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ .Paper Size (. 4.
ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻣﺻﻐّﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻛﺑّﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻟﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ) Graphic Device Interface (GDIﺃﻭ ) Printer Control Language (PCLﺃﻭ ) .Postscript (PSﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ٬Dellﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ GDIﻭ PCLﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ .
5. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 6. ﻟﺑﺩء ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ ٬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ "ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ" ﺗﺑﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ. ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺗﺎﻥ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ: ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ: ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ) (. ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﺎ ﺗﺑﻘﻰ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ .ﻭﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺿﻐﻁ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁﬞ ǚө LjƧ ҒƝǛƓ Ғƹǂƹ ƻƹҝﬞ Ʊǐ әǃүǃ ҒƵǛҳ LjƧ .
a. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ ̳ ┘ꜜﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .Windows b. ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺷﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ. ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows XP/Server 2003ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ. ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows Vistaﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ c. ﺃﺷﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .Dell Laser MFP 1815 d. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: e. ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ) ( 999-1 ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ) ( 999-1ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ .ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﺣﺗﻰ 999ﻧﺳﺧﺔ. ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﱠﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﺭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ .ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ " ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﻡ .ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ. ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ.
• ﻋﺎﺩﻱ :ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ. • ﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ :ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺳﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺣﺭﻑ. ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻣﺭ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻭﺗﺧﻔﻳﺽ ﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ. • ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ :ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ٬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ Toner Saveﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺣﺩﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ.
ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ .ﺣﺩﺩ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ. ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ • ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ) :( 1 2 3ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ. • ﻋﻛﺱ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ) :( 3 2 1ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ. • ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﺩﻳﺔ :ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ. • ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺯﻭﺟﻳﺔ :ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺟﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ.
ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ .ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ٬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺭﺗﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ .ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ 16ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺑﺣﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ. 1. ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ٬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 2.ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ⱳ҇ ꞈﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ. 3.ﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ) 1ﺃﻭ 2ﺃﻭ 4ﺃﻭ 6ﺃﻭ 9ﺃﻭ (16ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ.
5. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﻡ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ. ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻟﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﺑﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ .ﻭﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ. 1. ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ٬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 2.ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ⃰ ꜜꜜﺍﺣﺗﻭﺍء ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ. 3.ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ. 4.
ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺻﺔ ﻟﺗﻳﺳﻳﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ. 4. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺣﺟﻣﻪ ﻭﻧﻭﻋﻪ. 5. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﻡ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ .ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ. ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ٬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻉ .ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﻫﻲ: l ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ٬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺏ.
5. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﻡ ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ. ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ) Watermarkﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ( ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺹ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ .ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ٬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ "ﻣﺳﻭﺩﺓ" ﺃﻭ "ﺳﺭﻱ" ﺑﺄﺣﺭﻑ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻗﻁﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ. ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ .ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ 1.
ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ٬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ. ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ 1. ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ٬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 2. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ .ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ "ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ". 3. ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ. 4. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ. 5. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﻡ.
5.ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ "ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ " ٬ﺍﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﺳﻣًﺎ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺛﻣﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﺭﻑ ﺑﺣﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ .ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ) .ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻭ .(C:\FormOver 6. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺣﻔﻅ .ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ. 7. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻡ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺷﺎء. ﻻ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ٬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ٬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﺟﺎﻫﺯًﺍ ﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ .
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﻌﻡ ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻻ ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺧﺎﻟﻳًﺎ ﻭﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ٬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ. 7. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻡ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ. ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ. ﺣﺫﻑ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺣﺫﻑ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻌﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ. 1.ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )Windows Image Acquisition (WIA ﻣﺳﺢ ﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ USB ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ USB ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ Dell Laser MFP
ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ". 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Scanﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬PCﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ .ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ MS Paintﻭ Emailﻭ My Documentsﻭ PaperPortﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺭﻑ ).(OCR (.
5.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) 6. ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ PINﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. 7.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 8.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Scan Settingﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 9.ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. (. l ¤ﬞǛljһƵǚǚө‖әljәҳҗҒƵǛҳLjƧ :Black & Whiteﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ PDFﺃﻭ .
ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ 1. ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ "ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﻥ ٬" Dellﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭًﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟًﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ. 2. ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ.
ﺻﻔﺣﺔ "ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻼﺕ" ﻣﺳﺢ ﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ 1. ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ٬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ. 2.ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ". 3. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺣﻪ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ. 4. ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﺳﺢ ﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ". 5.
ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ WIAﻣﻊ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ Windows XP/Server 2003/Vistaﻓﻘﻁ. 1.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﺃﻭ ًﻻ . ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ". 2. ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ̳┘ꜜ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﺔ.
ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ USBﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ USBﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ :ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ USBﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭljƹƜҗƹҗlj USBﬞƱǚөұǛҗƨƹƻǛƱǚөǔ :ײַ ¤ﬞǃﬞƹƵǚҒƹƶƱғǚәǚәƝǔǃǐƻǛƹǝǚғǚәǚәƝǔƳҝƹ¤Ғƽljƞƹғǚﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻛﺗﺷﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ .ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ .USB ﻣﺳﺢ ﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ". 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) 4. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Scanﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. ( ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ .USB key 5.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Custom Scanﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 6.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 7.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. (.
6ǃƓһƵǚLjƧғǛƨƶƹƵǚәҳǐәljәҳҗҒƵǛҳLjƧ 7.ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ .ﻭﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ. ¤ғǚәƶүƹƵǚәҳǐәljәҳҗҒƵǛҳLjƧﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) 8. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﺫﻓﻪ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﻭ (. ( ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ Yesﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ. 9.ﺗﺳﺄﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺣﺫﻑ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺁﺧﺭ. ⃰ Yes ꜜꜜﺃﻭ .No 01. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ) ( ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ. ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ USB 1.
ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺛﻝ ) Scanning to E-mailﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ( ﻭ) Fax Forward to E-mail addressesﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﻓﺎﻛﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ( ٬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻭ ً ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ" ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ. ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.
ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ) Address Bookﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ( .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ". ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﺅﺍﻝ ﻋﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ. 9. ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ٬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﻟﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ٬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ٬Addﺛﻡ ﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ .8 ﺃﻭ ( ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ .Done 01.ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﺅﺍﻝ ﻋﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ. ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ .
6.ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. 7.ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ .ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 8.ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠﻡ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ". 9.ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ .ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 01. (. ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﺅﺍﻝ ﻋﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ.
1. ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ) ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Directoryﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ﺃﻭ 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) (. (. ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Emailﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ .Group Mail 4. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ .New 5. ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﻳﻥ 1ﻭ ٬50ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 6.ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. (.
ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ 1.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) (ADFﺃﻭ ًﻻ . ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ". 2. ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ.
ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ. 1.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Menuﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 2.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Scan Defaultsﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 3. ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) (. (. ( ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ .Image Size 4.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 5.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ) ﺃﻭ ( ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ٬Versionﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻡ ) 6.
ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺷﺗﺭﻳﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ™ Dellﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ٬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ .ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻙ ﻟﻥ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻧﻔﺳﻙ .ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: l ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ -Dellﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .
IP ƻǚǃƽƝƻljljƞҗƷҗljƷƵǚөǔﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ."TCP/IP ﺣﺩﺩ ﺭﺍﺑﻁًﺎ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑًﺎ ﻣﺛﻝ "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ" ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻭ/ﺃﻭ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻭﺭﻱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠﻕ ﺑﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻠﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻠﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺧﺭﺍﻁﻳﺵ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺣﺑﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ.
ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ Helpﻟﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ Dellﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ/ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ٬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻛﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ. ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ Windows ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ٬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻳﺳﺗﻭﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ". ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻷﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ٬Windows NT 4.
¤ ﬞ ǃ ﬞ Ɛ Ƶǚ әƽƝ 3.ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻐﺔ. ꜜꜜ⃰ 4.ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺷﺧﺻﻲ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. ꜜꜜ⃰ 5.ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺟﻲ )ﻣﺳﺗﺣﺳﻥ ( ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ٬ ƷǚәһҗƃǠǚƳljƵәﻭﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻭ PaperPortﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ. ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ Postscriptﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ .ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ. 6. ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ .
5.ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ IPﻟﻬﺎ .ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ IPﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ. 6. ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ IPﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ. ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ Dellﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ٬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ TCP/IPﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ Dellﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ. ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ Dellﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ.
¤ҒƹǘǛƬƵǚLjƧҒƞǛƓƵǚﬞǃǂƗƷәƝҒƵǛҳLjƧﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ .ﻭﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ٬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﻭﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ IPﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ. ¤ƷƬƶƹdžƶƝҒƞǛƓƵǚғljҝҗLjƧǜƣﬞҗғƽƱǚөǔﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ. 7.ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ .ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. 8.ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ .
ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺷﻠﺕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ .ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .Windows ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ٬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ. 1. ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ̳ ꜜꜜ⃰ ┘ꜜﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: DELL ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ DELL Laser MFP 1815 Dell ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ .
ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ) Printer Settings Utilityﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ٬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﻭﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ .ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺛﻡ .PC ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ٬Dellﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ) Printer Settings Utilityﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ."Windows ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ: 1.
ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ .ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﻛﺱ" .ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﻭﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻡ ﻓﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠﻡ ﻭﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ. ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ Scanﺛﻡ ٬PCﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ .
ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻭﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻡ2 ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ )(ADF ﺣﺗﻰ 50ﻭﺭﻗﺔ )ﺑﻭﺯﻥ 75ﺟﻡ( / ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ )(ADF ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ 216 - 142 :ﻣﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ 356 - 148 :ﻣﻡ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ 250 :ﻭﺭﻗﺔ )ﺑﻭﺯﻥ 75 :ﺟﻡ/ﻡ( 2 ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ :ﻭﺭﻕ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ 50 :ﻭﺭﻗﺔ )ﺑﻭﺯﻥ 75 :ﺟﻡ/ﻡ ٬( 2ﻭﺭﻕ
ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ 208ﻣﻡ ﻋﻣﻕ ﺑﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ Ѽ̳ 24 ﻋﻣﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ 1ﺑﺕ ﻟﻠﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻲ 8ﺑﺕ ﻟﺗﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ )ﻭﺿﻊ ) Textﻧﺹ(( ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ 15 :ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺭﺳﻡ ﺧﻁﻲ( 20ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ( 30ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ( ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) 26 :( ADFﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺭﺳﻡ ﺧﻁﻲ( 26ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ( 64ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ )ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ( ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ) 27 :( SDMCﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ )ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ 25 ( letterﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ )ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ( A4 ﺍﻟ
ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ 4ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﻳﺕ ) 320ﺻﻔﺣﺔ( ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻔﻲ 256ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ٬ﻛﺎﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺻﻭﺹ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ (%100ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺻﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ .ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻛﺎﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺣﺑﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﺳﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﺟﺎﺕ .
ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻕ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ٬ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻝ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻌﻳﺑﺔ ٬ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﺷﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺷﻭﻧﺔ ﺷﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻭﻣﺔ ﺷﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﻭﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻲء ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻳﻭﺏ ﺟﺭّﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻌﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ 100ﺇﻟﻰ 400ﺷﻳﻔﻳﻠﺩ ٬ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ %4ﺇﻟﻰ .%5 ﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﻣﺗﻔﺭﻗﺔ ٬ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﺗﺟﻌﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺳﻠﻳﻣﺔ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺳﺗ ٍﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻼﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ.
l l ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻔﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ. ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻐﻠﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﺑﻐﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔﬞ ƐƵǚ ƳƹǚǃƞƶƵ ưҒƐﬞƞƹ ҒƞǛƓƵǚ ҒǘljғƽǛƱ ǚөǔ . ¤Ǜﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﻛﻔﻲ ﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ٬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻁﺭﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ.
ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﺯﺭ ™ Dellﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ 1815dn ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺑﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ .ﻭﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ". ﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺧﺭﺍﻁﻳﺵ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﺳﺗﻠﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ :Dell 1.ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭًﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟًﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ Dell 1815dnﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺏ. ﺃﻭ 2.
ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ )(ADF ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺷﺭﺡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ LCD ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ )(ADF ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻷﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻣﺭﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ) ٬(ADFﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ Document Jamﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ.
b. 2. ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ .ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ).(ADF ¤ǀөү әƽƝ ƭﬞҳҗlj Ǡ ƩﬞǃƵǚ ƻǛƱ ǚөǔ ǃǐ ƩﬞǃƵǚ Džﬞҗ Ǡ ғƽƱ ǚөǔﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ. 3.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺳﺣﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ. 4.ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ .ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ).
¤ǀөү әƽƝ ƭﬞҳҗlj Ǡ ƩﬞǃƵǚ ƻǛƱ ǚөǔ ǃǐ ƩﬞǃƵǚ Džﬞҗ Ǡ ғƽƱ ǚөǔﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ .ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ٬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ". 4. ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ. ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺭﻕ )ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ (2 1.ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ 2ﻟﻔﺗﺣﻪ. 2. ﺃﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺷﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. ¤ǀөү әƽƝ ƭﬞҳҗlj Ǡ ƩﬞǃƵǚ ƻǛƱ ǚөǔ ǃǐ ҒƬƓƽƹƵǚ ƿө‖ LjƧ ƩﬞǃƵǚ Džﬞҗ Ǡ ғƽƱ ǚөǔﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ. 3. ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺝ 1ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ.
2. ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ. ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ :ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ .ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 1.ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ ﻟﻠﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ. 2. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺳﺣﺑﻪ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ ﻟﻠﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ. 3. ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ. ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ 1. ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻪ .ﻳﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺷﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
LjƧ ƩﬞǃƵǚ Džﬞҗ Ǡ ғƽƱ ǚөǔ 3.ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ¤ǀөү әƽƝ ƭﬞҳҗlj Ǡ ƩﬞǃƵǚ ƻǛƱ ǚөǔ ǃǐﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ. 4. ¤ﬞǃƇҳƹƵǚ ƩﬞǃƵǚ Džﬞҗ ғƽƱ ǚөǔﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻗﻳﻥ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ .ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ .9 ¤ƩﬞǃƵǚ Džﬞҗ Ǡ ғƽƱ ǚөǔﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ. 5. ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺣﺎﺟﺯ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺧﺭﻩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ. 6.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺑﺳﻁ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ. 7.ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺩﻓﻊ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ٬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻣﺯﻻﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ.
9.ﺃﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺍﻋﻳﻥ ﻭﻣﺯﻻﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ ﻭﺣﺎﺟﺯ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﺿﻌﻬﻡ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ. 01.ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ. 11. ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻪ. ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ 0 1. ﺃﺧﺭﺝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 2. ﺃﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺷﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ. ¤ƻljǂүǃƵǚ džƶƝ ҒƝǛƓƵǚәҳǃ Ɯƹ ƩﬞǃƵǚ ңﬞһlj ƷƵ ǚөǔﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. 3.
1. ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ. 2.ﻗﻡ ﺑﺑﺳﻁ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ. 3.ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺷﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺧﺎﺭﺝ. 4. ﺃﻋﺩ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﻳﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ. 5. ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺛﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻪ. ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ .ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ".
ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺟﻝ. Add Paper & Press Start ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ̳ ) ꜜ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ. Comm. Error Retry ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ. ﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ. Connection Error ﻓﺷﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﻠﻘﻡ .SMTP ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻘﻡ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ. ﺍﻧﺗﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ. ﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ. Data Read Fail ( .
Too Large Open Heat Error Call Service ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ. ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ¤ҒƶƱƇƹƵǚғﬞƹҗƃǚǚөǔǃ .ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ. Over Heat ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻬﺭ. ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ¤ҒƶƱƇƹƵǚғﬞƹҗƃǚǚөǔǃ .ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ. Paper Jam 0 ﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺑﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ .
• ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻣﻳﻙ ﺟﺩًﺍ .ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ". ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ". • ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ .ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ". • ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻣﺯﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ. ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻳﻠﺗﺻﻕ ﺑﺑﻌﺿﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ.
• ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿًﺎ .ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺅﻗﺗﺔ ﺇﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻣﺭ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ"džƵǔƭƵөLJәǒljƷƵǚөǔ . ¤ҒƝǛƓƵǚәǃүƻljƃҳҗﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺣﺑﺭ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ. • ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺭﻕ ٬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺛ ً ﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻭﻧﺔ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ". • ¤Ғҗ‖ǛǛǂƶƹƱǑҒҳƨƋƵǚғƽǛƱǚөǔﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﺟﺩًﺍ ٬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ .
ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﻣﺷﻭﻫﺔ • ¤ҒƧǃүƹ ǃﬞ Ƌ ǃﬞ ǂƗǃ ƥǃﬞҳƵǚ ƿǃƇҗ ҒƵǛҳ LjƧﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﻣﻠﺱ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ .ﺟﺭّﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ". • ¤ғǛүǃƹҗ ǃﬞ ǂƗǃ ƥǃﬞҳƵǚ ƿǃƇҗ ҒƵǛҳ LjƧﻓﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ .ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ. ﺍﻧﺣﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ • ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ. • ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺟﻭﺩﺗﻪ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ".
• ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ٬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ. • ﻗﺩ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺣﺑﺭ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ". • ¤ҒƶƱƇƹƵǚғﬞƹҗƃǚǚөǔﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ .ﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ. :ƩﬞǃƵǛҒƞǛƓƵǚҒljөƤҗﬞөƞҗǃǐƛǃƓƹƵǚƩﬞǃƵǚƥǛƨҗƵǚҒƵǛҳLjƧ ﺍﻻﻟﺗﻔﺎﻑ • ﺍﻗﻠﺏ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ .ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ 180ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺝ. • ﺟﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ.
• ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻙ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣًﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧُﺳﺦ. ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ • ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﺳﺣﻪ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ).(ADF • ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺣﻪ ﺿﻭﺋﻳًﺎ .ﺟﺭّﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ) Prescanﻣﺳﺢ ﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩﻱ( ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ .ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺽ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ. • ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ .ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ) MFP configuratorﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ( ﻭﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ) Printersﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ( ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ .ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ¤ҒƐǃﬞƞƹ ƻƱҗ ƷƵ ƻǔǃ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ Add new ) printerﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ( ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ. ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ • ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ .
ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ. ﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺃﺧﻁﺎء .PS ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ .PS ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ .PSﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ PSﻹﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ. ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ 2ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ. ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ .2 ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ PostScriptﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ .
